gtk/po-properties/gl.po

9216 lines
266 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
# Galician translation of gtk+-properties.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2009, 2010.
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012.
# Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>, 2012.
# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-04 19:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-04 19:53+0200\n"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
"Last-Translator: Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>\n"
"Language-Team: gnome-l10n-gl@gnome.org\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Language: gl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:129 ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:134
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:170
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:126
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:127
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Standard cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor estándar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:135
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Display of this cursor"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Visualización deste cursor"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:112
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Pantalla do dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:113
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla á que pertence o dispositivo"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:127
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device manager"
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:128
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos ao que pertence o dispositivos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:142 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:143
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:157
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device type"
msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:158
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
msgstr "Rol do dispositivo no xestor de dispositivos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:174
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Associated device"
msgstr "Dispositivo asociado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:175
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Punteiro ou teclado asociado a este dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:188
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Orixe de entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:189
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Tipo de orixe para o dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:204 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:205
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input mode for the device"
msgstr "Modo de entrada para o dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:220
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o dispositivo ten un cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:221
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Indica se hai un cursor visíbel seguindo o movemento do dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:235 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:236
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Número de eixos no dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:171
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Display for the device manager"
msgstr "Pantalla para o xestor de dispositivos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:166
msgid "Default Display"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:167
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada para GDK"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:91
msgid "Font options"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Opcións do tipo de letra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:92
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predeterminadas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:99
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:100
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:322 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:323
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:112
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:113
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode para as solicitudes XInput2"
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:119
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Maior"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:120
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr "Número de versión maior"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:126
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Menor"
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:127
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr "Número de versión menor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:142
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:143
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Device identifier"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Identificador da unidade"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:97
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Cell renderer"
msgstr "Renderización da cela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:98
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
msgstr "A renderización da cela representada por este accesíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:238 ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:203
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:121 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:394 ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:126
#: ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:262
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:239
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:259 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:252
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:288 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:171 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:727
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:448 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:239
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:260
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:279
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:280
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:295
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:296
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Unha suxestión para esta acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:314
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:315
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:337 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:267
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:338 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:257
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:344 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:268
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "O GIcon mostrado"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:360 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:222
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:326 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:170 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:251
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:840
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:361 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:223
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:327 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:252
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:376 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:194
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visíbel se é horizontal"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:377 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:195
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:395
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visíbel cando rebosa"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:396
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, represéntanse os elementos de proximidade para esta acción "
"no menú de rebosamento da barra de ferramentas."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:412 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:201
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visíbel se é vertical"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:413 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:202
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:429 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:208
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:430
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:446
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:447
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, os elementos de proximidade baleiros do menú para esta "
"acción ocúltanse."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:461 ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:217
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:301 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1190
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:462
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:476 ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:231
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:302 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:246
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1183
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:477
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:492
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:493
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada, ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:513 ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:202
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:378
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkaction.c:514 ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:203
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:379
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra sempre a imaxe sempre"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:204
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:218
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:232
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:245
msgid "Accelerator Group"
msgstr "Grupo da tecla rápida"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactiongroup.c:246
msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
msgstr "O acelerador agrupa as accións que este grupo debería usar."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c:292
msgid "Related Action"
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c:293
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c:317
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
msgstr "Usar aparencia de acción"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkactivatable.c:318
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben usar as propiedades de aparencia das accións relacionadas"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:323
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:330
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:331
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:352 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:353
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:367
msgid "Current RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368
msgid "The current RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:137
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:144
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:145
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:151
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:152
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:158
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:159
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:240 ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:452
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:241
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:247 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:91
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:248 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:92
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:224 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1072
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:912 ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:216 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:174
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:631 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:163
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:225
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:233
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:234
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:242
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:243
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:251
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:252
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:259
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:260
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:165 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:343
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:166
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:182 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:273
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:183
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:219 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkimagemenuitem.c:220
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:120
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:121
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:139 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:163
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:408 ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:80
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:140
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:157
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkradioaction.c:158
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c:645 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:244
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkrecentaction.c:646 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:245
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:470
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Style context"
msgstr "Contexto do estilo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:471
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
msgstr "GtkStyleContext de onde obter o estilo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:191
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:192
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:200
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:201
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:209 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1715
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:210 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1716
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:218 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1722
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:219 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1723
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:227 ../gtk/gtkbox.c:258 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:357
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:563 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1646
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:228
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:235 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1750
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:236 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1751 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:760
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:242
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:243
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:249 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1757
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:250
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:256
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:257 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:784
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:263
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:264
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:270
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:271
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:277 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1350
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:278
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:284 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1359
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:285
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c:120
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c:121
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c:137 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:557 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:113
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:834 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:176
#: ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:127
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktoggleaction.c:138
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c:485 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:836
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c:486
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c:493
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkuimanager.c:494
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:304
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:305
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predeterminada "
"g_get_application_name()"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:319
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:320
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:334
msgid "Copyright string"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea do copyright"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Información de copyright do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:352
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:353
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Tipo de licenza"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:404
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "O tipo de licenza do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:420
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:421
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A etiqueta para a ligazón do sitio web do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:452
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:469
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:470
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:486
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:487
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:504
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos da tradución"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:505
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea debe marcarse como traducíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:520
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:521
msgid ""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predeterminado é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:536
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:537
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa «Sobre»."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:550
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Axustar licenza"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:551
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:188
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para cambios no acelerador"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:195
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:156 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:354
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:157
msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
msgstr "O widget referenciado por este accesíbel"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:70
msgid "action name"
msgstr "nome da acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:71
msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'"
msgstr "O nome da acción seleccionada, por exemplo «app.quit»"
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:75
msgid "action target value"
msgstr "acción do valor obxectivo"
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:76
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "O parámetro para accións de invocación"
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:121 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:137
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:228 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:410
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:122
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:138
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:159
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:175
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:176
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:192
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:193
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:212
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:213
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:142
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:143 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:308
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:152
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:153 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:327
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:161
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:162
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:170
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:171
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:188
msgid "Top Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación superior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:189
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir por encima do widget."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:205
msgid "Bottom Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación inferior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:206
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir por debaixo do widget."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:222
msgid "Left Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación poa esquerda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:223
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir á esquerda do widget."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:239
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:240
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir á dereita do widget."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:618
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
msgid "Include an 'Other…' item"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Incluír un elemento «Outro…»"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:619
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
"Indica se a caixa de combo debería incluír un elemento que dispare un "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:635
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Mostrar o elemento predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:636
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Indica se a caixa combinada debería mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado na "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"parte superior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:649 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:652
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Heading"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cabeceira"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:650 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:653
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O texto que mostrar na parte superior do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Tipo de contido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O tipo de contido usado para abrir cun obxecto"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:638
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:639
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "O GFile usado polo diálogo de selección de aplicativo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:947
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:948
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Indica se o widget debería mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:962
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Mostrar os aplicativos recomendados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:963
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar aplicativos recomendados"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:977
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show fallback apps"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar aplicativos alternativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:978
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget debería mostrar os aplicativos alternativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:990
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Mostrar outros aplicativos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:991
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar outros aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1004
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1005
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1019
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Widget's default text"
msgstr "Texto predeterminado do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1020
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "O texto predeterminado que aparece cando non hai aplicativos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:734
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Rexistrar sesión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:735
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "Rexistrar co xestor de sesións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:740
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "Application menu"
msgstr "Menú de aplicativo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:741
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
msgstr "O GMenModel para o menú de aplicativos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:747
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:748
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "O GMenuModel para a barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:754
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Active window"
msgstr "Xanela activa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:755
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "The window which most recently had focus"
msgstr "A xanela que tivo o foco máis recentemente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:1006
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Mostrar unha barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:1007
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr ""
"Certo se a xanela debe mostrar unha barra de menú na parte superior da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:118
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:119
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:126 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1056 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:797
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:524
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Escalado da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:127
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:107 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1384
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:108
msgid "X alignment of the child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo X do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:114 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1400
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:115
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo Y do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:121
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:122
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Proporción se obey_child é FALSE"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:128
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:129
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Forzar a proporción para que coincida coa do fillo do marco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:331
msgid "Header Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación da cabeceira"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:332
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:339
msgid "Content Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación do contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:340
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:356
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:357
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:372
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:373
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:390
msgid "Header image"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da cabeceira"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:391
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:407
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:408
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral para a páxina do asistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:424
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:425
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron recheados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:175
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:176
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:184
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:185
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cantidade na que se incrementa o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:193
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:194
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por arriba e embaixo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:202
msgid "Layout style"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo da disposición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:203
msgid ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
"start and end"
msgstr ""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"«spread» (espallados), «edge» (bordos), «start» (inicio) e «end» (final)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:211
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:212
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; axeitado para, "
"por exemplo, botóns de axuda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:219
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
msgstr "Non homoxéneo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:220
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo non será obxecto de tamaño homoxéneo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:248 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:310 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:312
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1341 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:515
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:281
msgid "Spacing"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Espaciado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:249 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1342
msgid "The amount of space between children"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre fillos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:259
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:266
msgid "Baseline position"
msgstr "Posición da liña base"
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:267
msgid ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is availible"
msgstr ""
"A posición dos widgets aliñados á liña base se hai espazo adicional "
"dispoñíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:291 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:330 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:555
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1004
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:337
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:292
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:308 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1660
msgid "Fill"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:309
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Indica se o espazo adicional dado ao fillo debe reservarse para o fillo ou "
"usado como separación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:316 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:167
msgid "Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:317
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:323 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1300
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:324 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1301
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado con relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:330 ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:864 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1307
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:773 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:350 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:415
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1674
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:331 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1308 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:774
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:416
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:850
msgid "Relative to"
msgstr "Relativo a"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:851
msgid "Window the bubble window points to"
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgstr "Xanela á que apunta a burbulla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:857
msgid "Pointing to"
msgstr "Apuntando a"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:858
msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to"
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgstr "Rectángulo ao que apunta a burbulla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:865
msgid "Position to place the bubble window"
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgstr "Posición na que colocar na burbulla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:319
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:320
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:253
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:260 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:296 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:748
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:463 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:246
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:261 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:297 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:749
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:464
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:274
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"inventario no lugar de para mostrarse"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:281 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:860
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:435
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:282 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:436
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:289
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:290
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:307
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo horizontal para o fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:326
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo vertical para o fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:344
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:358
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:359
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:503
msgid "Default Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:504
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:518
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:519
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:525
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:532
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:533
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:549
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:550
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:566 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:819 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1990
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:567
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:580
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:581
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:471
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:515
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:530
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:543
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:558
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:559
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:574
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:575
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:590
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:591
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:607
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:608
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:621
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Espacio do bordo interior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Separación vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:633
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de día e o área principal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Separación horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:645
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de semana e o área principal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:311 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:331
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Indica se a cela se expande"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:346
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Aliñar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:347
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Indica se a cela debería aliñarse coas filas adxacentes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:363
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:364
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se todas as celas deben ter o mesmo tamaño en todas as filas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:380
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:381
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Un GtkPackType que indica se a cela está empaquetada con referencia ao "
"inicio ou o final da área da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:802
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Cela engocada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:803
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "A cela que está enfocada actualmente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:821
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Cela editada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:822
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "A cela que está editándose actualmente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:840
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Widget editada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:841
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "O widget que actualmente está editando a cela editada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:115
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Área"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:116
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "A área da cela para a que se creou este contexto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:132 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:151
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:133 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:152
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached width"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:170 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:189
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:171 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:190
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached height"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Altura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:146
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:147
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:163
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:164
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:181
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:182
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:201
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:202
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:302
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:309
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:310
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:319
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:320
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:329
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:330
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:339
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:340
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:349
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:350
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:359
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:360
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:369
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:370
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:378
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:379
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:386
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:387
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:401
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:402
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:415
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:416
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como GdkRGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:423
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:424
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:432
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:433
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgstr "Indica se a cor de fondo da cela está estabelecida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:152
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:169 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:929
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:170
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:150
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:151
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:158
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:159
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:166
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:167
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:173
msgid "surface"
msgstr "superficie"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:174
msgid "The surface to render"
msgstr "A superficie a renderizar"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:186 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:261
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:243
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:194 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:157
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:308 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:284
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:195
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:204
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:238
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:239
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:256 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:343
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:788
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:138
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:155 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:348 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:863
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:212 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:174
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:219
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:156
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:179 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:143
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:180
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:196
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:197
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:213
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:214
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:225 ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:994
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:150 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:435
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:226 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:113 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:427
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:247 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:349
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:114 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:350
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:129
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:130 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:358
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:143 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:309
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:367
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:144 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:368
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:126
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1436
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:734
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:203
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:191
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:204
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:205
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:206
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Nome do cor de fondo como RGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:220
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como GdkRBGA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:249
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:250
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:338 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:264
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:265
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como RGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:280
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como GdkRGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:777
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:296 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:717
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:297
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:718
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:378
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:65 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:312 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:66
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:313
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:79
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:328
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:336
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:405
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:345
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:414
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:354
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:423 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:424
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:365
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:433
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:374
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:442 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:394
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:443 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:395
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:452 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:384
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:453
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:463
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:463
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:503
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:483 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:512
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:423
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:859
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218
msgid "Ellipsize"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Elipsis"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:463
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:880
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:533 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:881
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:557 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:941
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima da cela, en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:576 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:577
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:596 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:747
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:597
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:617 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:362
msgid "Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentooo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:618
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:634 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1029
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Escribir aquí"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
msgstr "Texto que se mostra cando unha cela editábel está baleira"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:645 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:324
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:646 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:325
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:626
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:649 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:650 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:634
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:653 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:654 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:638
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:657 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:658 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:642
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:661 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:662 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:646
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:665 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:666 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:650
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:669 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:670 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:654
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:673 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:674 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:658
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:677 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:678 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:662
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:681 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:682 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:666
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:685 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:685
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:686 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:686
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:689 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:701
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:690 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:702
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:693 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:709
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:694 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:710
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:697 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:698 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:674
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:701
msgid "Ellipsize set"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Definición da elipse"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:702
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de elipse"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:705
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:706
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:137
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:138
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:145
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:146
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:153
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:154
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:162
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:169
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:170 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:111
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:146
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:219
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:234
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:235
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:253 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1015
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:452 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:640
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:304 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:425
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Área da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:254 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1016
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:453 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:641
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:305 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:426
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O GtkCellArea usado para dispor celas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:277
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Contexto da área da cela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:278
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 23:02:32 +00:00
"O GtkCellAreaContext usado para calcular a xeometría da visualización da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:295
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:296
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:314
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fit Model"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Arranxar modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:315
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Indica se solicitar ou non o espazo suficiente para cada fila no modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:110 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:145
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:118 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:362
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:119
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:123
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:130 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:184
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:131
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:138
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:139
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:87
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:173
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe dárselle ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:449
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:436 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1315
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:401 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:430
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:329
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:188
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:220
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA seleccionada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Color"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Cor"
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor actual, como un GdkRGBA"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:88
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar o alfa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:198 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:679
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Mostrar editor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:382
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Tipo de escala"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:776
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:776
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Color as RGBA"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Cor como RGBA"
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:779 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:797
2012-02-21 11:08:13 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:779
2012-02-21 11:08:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Indica se a mostra é seleccionábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:730
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:748
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:770 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:358
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:771 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:359
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:792 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:379
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:793 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:380
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:814
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:815
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:837
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:852 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:802
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:853
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:861
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:878 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:620
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:879
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:896
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:897
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:913
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:914
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:930
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Indica se o ComboBox ten unha entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:945
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de entrada de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:946
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación para asociar con cadeas da "
"entrada se a caixa combinada creouse con #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:963
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:964
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación que fornece os ID de cadeas para "
"os valores no modelo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:979
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "ID activo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:980
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "O valor do ID da columna para a fila activa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:995
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Anchura fixa de emerxente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:996
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a anchura do emerxente debería ser fixa coincidindo coa anchura "
"reservada para a caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1022
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1023
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1039
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1040
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1057
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo usada pola frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1073
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:482
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:483
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:490
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:491
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:499
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:500
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:158
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Subpropiedades"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:159
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "A lista de subpropiedades"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:275
msgid "Animated"
msgstr "Animado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:276
msgid "Set if the value can be animated"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor pode ser animado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:282
msgid "Affects size"
msgstr "Afecta ao tamaño"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:283
msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor afecta ao tamaño dos elementos"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:289
msgid "Affects font"
msgstr "Afecta ao tipo de letra"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:290
msgid "Set if the value affects the font"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor afecta ao tipo de letra"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:296
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:297
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "O ID numérico para acceso rápido"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:303
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Herdar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:304
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor hérdase de forma predeterminada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:310
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Valor inicial"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:311
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "O valor inicial especificado para esta propiedade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:286 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:517
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:287
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:304 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:535
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:305
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:312 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:552
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:313 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:553
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:321 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:569
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:322
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:349
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:363 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:943
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:364
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:378 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:785
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:379 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:786
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:749
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:750
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:757 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:822
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:758 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:823
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:767 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:832
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:768 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:833
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:778
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:794
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:795
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:803
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "FALSE retirar o bisel exterior da entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:820
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:828 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1507
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:829 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1508
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:836
msgid "Activates default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:837
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predeterminado (como o botón "
"predeterminado nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:843
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:844
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:853
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:854
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:864
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:879 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:880 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:896
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:897
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:913
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:928 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:797
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:929
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:944
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:959
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Conxunto de caracteres invisíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:960
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:978
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:979
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:993
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:994
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está rematada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1011
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1012
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1030
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Mostrar texto na entrada cando esta está baleira ou non ten o foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1044
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1045
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1059
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1060
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1076
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1077
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1093
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1094
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1108
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1109
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1123
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1124
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1138
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1139
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1153
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1154
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1168
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1169
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1184
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1185
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1206
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1207
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1227
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1228
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1250
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1251
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1272
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1273
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1289
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1290 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1326
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1306
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1307 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1345
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1325
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1344
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1364 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:825
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1365 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:826
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1379
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1380
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "O obxecto de completado auxiliar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1401 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:330 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:843
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Finalidade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1402 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:331 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:844
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Purpose of the text field"
msgstr "Finalidade do campo de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1418 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:338 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:860
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "hints"
msgstr "suxestións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1419 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:339 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:861
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour"
msgstr "Suxestións para o comportamento do campo de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1437 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:735
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1452 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:877
msgid "Populate all"
msgstr "Completar todo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1453 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:878
msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"
msgstr "Indica se emitir ::populate-popup para as xanelas emerxentes táctiles"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1467
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1468
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1485
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1486
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1991
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:325
msgid "The model to find matches in"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "O modelo para atopar coincidencias"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:332
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para atopar coincidencias"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:348 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:436
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:349
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:368
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:369
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:383
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:384
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:399
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:400
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:418
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:419
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:433
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:434
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:114
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:115
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:121
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:280
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:281
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:289
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:304 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:741
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:305 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:742
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:313
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:322 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:206 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:253
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:323
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:330
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Label fill"
msgstr "Recheo da etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:331
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o widget etiqueta deben encher todo o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:346
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Resize toplevel"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Redimensionar nivel superior"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:347
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
"Indica se o expansor redimensionará a xanela de nivel superior ao expandirse "
"e contraerse"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:353 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1628
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1206
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:354 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1629
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1207
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:363
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:418
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:419
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:450
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:464
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:744
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:745
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:751 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:259
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:752
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:757
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:758
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:763
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:764
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:769
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:770
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:775
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:776
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:781
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:782
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:787 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:201
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:788
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:794
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:810
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:811
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:827
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Allow folder creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:828
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:150 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:647 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:262
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:151 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:648
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:158 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:657
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:159 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:658
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:437
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de tipos de letra."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:453
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:454
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:469
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:470
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:485
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:486
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:502
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:503
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:518
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:519
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:78
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:104
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Mostrar a vista previa da entrada de texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:105
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra ou non a vista previa da entrada texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:172
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:179
msgid "Label xalign"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "xalign da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:180
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:188
msgid "Label yalign"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "yalign da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:189
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:197
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:198
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:207
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1729
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Fila homoxénea"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1730
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1736
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Columnas homoxéneas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1737
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as columnas teñen a mesma largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1743
msgid "Baseline Row"
msgstr "Fila da liña base"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1744
msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
msgstr "A fila á que aliñar á liña base cando valign é GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1758
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar na parte superior do widget fillo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1764 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:673 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:272
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1765
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de columnas nas que se expande un fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1771 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:682
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1772
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de filas nas que un fillo se expande"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1316
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "The title to display"
msgstr "O título a mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1323
2013-03-21 19:29:59 +00:00
msgid "Subitle"
msgstr "Subtítulo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1324
2013-03-21 19:29:59 +00:00
msgid "The subtitle to display"
msgstr "O subtítulo a mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1331
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "Custom Title"
msgstr "Título personalizado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1332
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "Custom title widget to display"
msgstr "Título personalizado do widget a mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1351
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space to the left and right of children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo á esquerda e dereita do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1360
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space to the above and below children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo enriba e embaixo do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:399 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:351
#: ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:130
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:400 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:352
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:418
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:419
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:437
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:456
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:457
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:464
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:465
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:481
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:482
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:499
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:500
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:516
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:531
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:532
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grella"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:547
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:548
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grella"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:563
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:564
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:579
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Item Orientation"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Orientación do elemento"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:580
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:596 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1025
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:372
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:597 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1026
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:604 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1176
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:605
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:622
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de elemento"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:623
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos elementos de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:656 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:359 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1194
msgid "Activate on Single Click"
msgstr "Activar cun único clic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:657 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:360 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1195
msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgstr "Activar a fila cun único clic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:670
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:671
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:677
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:678
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:231 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:222
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:232 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:223
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:239
msgid "Surface"
msgstr "Superficie"
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:240
msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display"
msgstr "Unha cairo_surface_t a mostrar"
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:247 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:293
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:230
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:248 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:231
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:262 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:244
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:275
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:276
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:284 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:238 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:530
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:942
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:285
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:301
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:302
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:310
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:311
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:358
msgid "Resource"
msgstr "Recurso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:359
msgid "The resource path being displayed"
msgstr "A ruta ao recurso que se está mostrando"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:366 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:275
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:367 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:276
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "A representación empregada para os datos de imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:385
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:386
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:446 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:447 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:188
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:462 ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:408
msgid "Show Close Button"
msgstr "Mostrar botón de pechar"
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:463
msgid "Whether to include a standard close button"
msgstr "Indica se incluír o botón de pechar estándar"
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:518
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:536
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:570
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:101 ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:294 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:444
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:848
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:102 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:849
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:728
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:756 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:734
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:757
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:765
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:766
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:773
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:774
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:789
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:790
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:798
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:804
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:805
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:813
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:814
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:860
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:901
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:902
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:919
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:920
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:942
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:960
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:961
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:674
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:683
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:930
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Currently filled value level"
msgstr "Valor do nivel de recheo actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:931
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
msgstr "Valor do nivel de recheo actual da barra de nivel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:944
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Mínimo valor do nivel para a barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:945
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Valor mínimo do nivel que se pode mostrar na barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:958
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Maximum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Valor máximo do nivel para a barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:959
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Valor máximo do nivel que se pode mostrar na barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:978
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "The mode of the value indicator"
msgstr "O modo do indicador do valor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:979
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
msgstr "O modo do indicador do valor mostrado na barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:995
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de nivel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1009
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks"
msgstr "Altura mínima dos bloques de recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1010
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
msgstr "Altura mínima dos bloques que rechean a caixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1023
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks"
msgstr "Anchura mínima dos bloques de recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1024
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
msgstr "Anchura mínima dos bloques que rechean a caixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:173
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:174
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:188
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:189
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:256
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permiso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:257
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "O obxecto GPermission que controla este botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:264
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Texto de bloqueo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:265
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntarlle ao usuario para bloquear"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:273
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Texto de desbloqueo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:274
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para desbloquear"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:282
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:283
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para bloquear"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:291
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:292
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario que desbloquear"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:300
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de non autorizado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:301
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"A suxestión que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
"autorización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:190
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:191
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:207
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:208
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:217
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:233 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:589
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:234
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:513
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "popup"
msgstr "xanela emerxente"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:514
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu."
msgstr "O menú despregábel."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:530
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "menu-model"
msgstr "menu-model"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:531
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu's model."
msgstr "O modelo do menú despregábel."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:544
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "align-widget"
msgstr "align-widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:545
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
msgstr "O widget pai co que o menú debe aliñarse."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:559
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "direction"
msgstr "dirección"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:560
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point."
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha apunta."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:558
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:573
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:587 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:433
msgid "Accel Path"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Ruta de teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:588
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Unha ruta de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:604
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:605
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:621
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:637
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:638
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:652
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:653
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:673
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:674
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:689
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:690
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:708
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:709
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:718
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:719
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:727
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:728
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:736
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:737
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:750
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:751
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:759
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:767
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:768
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:775
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:776
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:783
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:798
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:401
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:402
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:416
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:417
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:434
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:449
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:525
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:538
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:539
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:452
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:453
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:272
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:273
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:170
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:171
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:195
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:196
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:213
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:228
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:229
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:243
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:259
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:260
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:274
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:275
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:291
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:292
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:113
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:114
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:123
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:124
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:133
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:134
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:474
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:161
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:177
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:698
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:699
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:707
msgid "Tab Position"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Posición da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:708
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén as lapelas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:715
msgid "Show Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar lapelas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:716
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se deben mostrarse ou non as lapelas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:722
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:723
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:729
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:730
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiadas lapela para "
"encaixar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:736
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:737
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:751
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group Name"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:752
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo para o arrastre e solte das lapelas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:759
msgid "Tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:760
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta da lapela filla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:766
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:767
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:780
msgid "Tab expand"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Expansión da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:781
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se expanden as lapelas fillas ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:787
msgid "Tab fill"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:788
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as lapelas fillas deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:795
msgid "Tab reorderable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela reordenábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:796
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela pode reordenarse por unha acción do usuario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:802
msgid "Tab detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela desprazábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:803
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela é desprazábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:818 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:819
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:834 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:107
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:835
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:849 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:86
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:850 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:87
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:864 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:93
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:865 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:94
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:879
msgid "Tab overlap"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Superposición de lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:880
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:895
msgid "Tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Curvatura da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:896
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura da lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:912
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:913
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:929
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap"
msgstr "Espazo inicial"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:930
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
msgstr "Espazo inicia antes da primeira lapela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:641
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's count"
msgstr "Contía de iconas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:642
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
msgstr "A contía dos emblemas mostrados actualmente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:648
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's label"
msgstr "Etiqueta da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:649
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
msgstr "A etiqueta a mostrar sobre a icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:655
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's style context"
msgstr "Contexto de estilo da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:656
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
msgstr "O contexto de estilo para aplicar á aparencia da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:662
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon"
msgstr "Icona de fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:663
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
msgstr "A icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:669
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona de fondo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:670
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
msgstr "O nome da icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:61 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:334
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:126
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:62
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:351
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:360
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:361
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:367
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:368
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:384
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:385
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:402
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:403
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:420
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:421
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:436
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:437
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4177
msgid "Location to Select"
msgstr "Localización a seleccionar"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4178
msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar"
msgstr "A localización a realzar na barra lateral"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4183
msgid "Open Flags"
msgstr "Abrir bandeiras"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4184
msgid ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"
msgstr ""
"Modos no que o aplicativo de chamada pode abrir as localizacións "
"seleccionadas na barra lateral"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4190
msgid "Show 'Desktop'"
msgstr "Mostrar «Escritorio»"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4191
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra lateral inclúe un atallo integrado do cartafol Escritorio"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4196
msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'"
msgstr "Mostrar «Conectar a un servidor»"
#: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4197
msgid ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
"dialog"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra lateral inclúe un atallo integrado do diálogo «Conectar a "
"un servidor»"
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:202 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:318
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:203
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incrustado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:217
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:218
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:145
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Hold Time"
msgstr "Tempo de espera"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:145
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)"
msgstr "Tempo de espera (en milisegundos)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:149
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Drag Threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:149
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre (en píxeles)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:122
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:128
msgid "Backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:129
msgid "Backend for the printer"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura para a impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:135
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:136
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:142
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:143
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:149
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:150
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:156
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:157
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:163
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:164
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:171
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:177
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:178
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:196
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:197
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:210
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:211
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:126
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:127
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:135
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:161 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:162
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:413
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:170 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1212
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:171
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1084
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predeterminada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1085
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1103 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:431
msgid "Print Settings"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Configuracións de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1104 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:432
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1122
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1123
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1147
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1148
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1169 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:421
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1170 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:422
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1191
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1192
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1213
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1230
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1231
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1248
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1249
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1272
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1273
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1295 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1296
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1310
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1311
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1331
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1332
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1350
msgid "Custom tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela personalizada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1351
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta para a lapela que contén widgets personalizados."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1366 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:456
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1367
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1383 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:464
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1384
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1399 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:472
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1400 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:473
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1421
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1422
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:414
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:439
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:440
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:447
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:448
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:457
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:465
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:158
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:159
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:166
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:167
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:175
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:196
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:197
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "X spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento X"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:232
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Y spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento Y"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:233
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:246
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:259
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:272
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:285
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:286
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:164
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:409
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:81
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:428
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:436
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:443
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:444
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:452
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:453
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:470
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:471
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:487
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:488
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o límite superior ao nivel de recheo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:503
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:504
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:521
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:522
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:530 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:868
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:531
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:538
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:539
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:546
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:547
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:560
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:561
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:568
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:569
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:576
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:577
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:593
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:594
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:607
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:608
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:130
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:131
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:145
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:146
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:159
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:160
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:172
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:173
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:188
msgid "Show Not Found"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar os non atopados"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:189
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:202
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:215
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:216
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:229
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:230
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:244
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:245
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:260
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:309
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:221 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:386
msgid "Transition type"
msgstr "Tipo de transición"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:222 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:387
msgid "The type of animation used to transition"
msgstr "O tipo de animación usado na transición"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:230 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:378
msgid "Transition duration"
msgstr "Duración da transición"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:231 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:379
msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds"
msgstr "A duración da animación, en milisegundos"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:238
msgid "Reveal Child"
msgstr "Mostrar o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:239
msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child"
msgstr "Indica se o contedor debería mostrar o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:246
msgid "Child Revealed"
msgstr "Fillo mostrado"
#: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:247
msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o fillo está mostrado e se se alcanzou o obxectivo da animación"
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:229
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:239
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:248
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:276
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:277
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:310
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:319
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:320
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:327
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Ten orixe"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:328
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Indica se a escala ten unha orixe"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:335
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:336
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:343
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:344
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:352
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:353
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:94
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:95
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Axuste horizontal que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:111
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:112
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"O axuste vertical que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:128
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Normativa do desprazamento horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:129 ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:145
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "Como se debe determinar o tamaño do contido"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:144
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Normativa de desprazamento vertical"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:70
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:71
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:79
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:80
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:101
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:360
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:361
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:367
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:368
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:374
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:375
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:382
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:383
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:391
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:392
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr "Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:411
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:412
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:418
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:419
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:433
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:434
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:440
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:441
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:457
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Anchura mínima do contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:458
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A anchura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:472
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:473
msgid ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A altura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:488
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Desprazamento de Kinetic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:489
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Modo de desprazamento de Kinetic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:397
msgid "Search Mode Enabled"
msgstr "Modo busca activado"
#: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:398
msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o modo de busca está activado e a barra de busca está mostrada"
#: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:409
msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"
msgstr "Indica se mostrar o botón de peche na barra de ferramentas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:141
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:142
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:352
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:353
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:360
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:361
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:376
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:377
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:392
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:393
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:414
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:415
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:422
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:423
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:430
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:431
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema que cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:443
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:444
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:459
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:460
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:468
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:469
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema de teclas que cargar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:484
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:485
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:493
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:494
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:502
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:503
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predeterminado que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:527
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:528
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20…"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:536
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:537
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:545
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:546
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:555
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:556
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:565
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:566
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:575
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:576
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:585
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:586
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:595
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:596
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:604
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:605
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño "
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:614
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:615
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:632
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:633
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde nas visualizacións de lista e "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predeterminada (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:646
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:647
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"deben ofrecer cambiar o método de entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:660
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:661
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:674
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:675
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:689
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:690
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:704
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:705
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:743
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:744
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:753
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:754
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:775
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:776
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:795
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:796
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:823
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:824
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:847
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:848
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:870
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:871
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:890
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:891
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:911
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:912
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:931
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:932
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:947
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura predeterminada do selector de ficheiros"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:948
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Nome da infraestrutura de GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:965
msgid "Default print backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura de impresión predeterminada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:966
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Lista das infraestruturas de GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:989
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Orde predeterminada para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:990
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1008
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1009
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1025
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1026
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1045
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1046
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1066
msgid "Default IM module"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1067
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1085
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1086
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1095
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1096
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1118
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1119
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1141
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1142
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1163
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1164
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1181
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1182
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1197
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1198
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predeterminadas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1214
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1215
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predeterminadas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1234
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1235
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1251
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
msgid "Primary button warps slider"
2012-09-21 11:26:50 +00:00
msgstr "O botón primario deforma o deslizador"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1252
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
msgstr ""
2012-09-21 11:26:50 +00:00
"Indica si unha pulsación no carril debe deformar o deslizador na posición"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1270
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Visible Focus"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1271
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben agochar os «rectángulos de foco» até que o usuario comeza "
"a usar o teclado."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1297
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1298
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1315
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1316
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1324 ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1457
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1325
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1344
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1345
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1361
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1362
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1377
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1378
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1397
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1398
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1414
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1415
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1430
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1431
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1447
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Atraso antes de agochar un submenú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1448
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1458
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1473
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1474
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1489
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1490
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1506
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1507
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1516
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "A shell do escritorio mostra o menú de aplicativos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1517
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Estabelecer a certo se o ambiente de escritorio mostra o menú de "
"aplicativos, ou a falso se o menú de aplicativos se debe mostrar por si "
"mesmo."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1526
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "A shell do escritorio mostra a barra de menú"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1527
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Estabelecer a certo se o ambiente de escritorio mostra a barra de menú, ou a "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"falso se os aplicativos débeno mostrar por si mesmos."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1544
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Enable primary paste"
msgstr "Activar o pegado primario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1545
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
msgstr ""
"Indica se unha opción co botón central do rato debe pegar o contido do "
"portapapeis «PRIMARIO» na posición do cursor."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1561
msgid "Recent Files Enabled"
msgstr "Ficheiros recentes activados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1562
msgid "Whether GTK+ remembers recent files"
msgstr "Indica se GTK+ recorda os ficheiros recentes"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:329 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:129
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:330
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:346
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:347
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:357
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:377
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:378
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:385
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:386
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:393
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:394
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:401
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:402
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:411
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:424
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:114
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:358
msgid "Homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Tamaño homoxéneo"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:364
msgid "Visible child"
msgstr "Fillo visíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:365
msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "O widget que actualmente está visíbel na pila"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:371
msgid "Name of visible child"
msgstr "Nome do fillo visíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:372
msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "O nome do widget que está visíbel actualmente na pila"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:395
msgid "The name of the child page"
msgstr "O nome da páxina filla"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:402
msgid "The title of the child page"
msgstr "O título da páxina filla"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:408 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:282
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:409
msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgstr "O nome da icona da páxina filla"
#: ../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:425 ../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:426
msgid "Stack"
msgstr "Pila"
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:175
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:285
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:295
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:303
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:319
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incrustada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:335 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:127
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:362 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1297
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:363
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:388 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1318
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:389 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1319 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1340
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:412 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1339
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:413
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:431
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:445
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The associated GdkScreen"
msgstr "O GdkScreen asociado"
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:451
msgid "FrameClock"
msgstr "FrameClock"
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:452
msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock"
msgstr "O GdkFrameClock asociado"
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:458
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Enderezo"
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:459 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:287
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:475
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The parent style context"
msgstr "Estilo do contexto do pai"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:110
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Nome da propiedade"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:111
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "O nome da propiedade"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:117
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Value type"
msgstr "Tipo de valor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:118
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
msgstr "O tipo de valor devolto por GtkStyleContext"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:835
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Indica se o interruptor está acendido ou apagado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:869
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
msgstr "O ancho mínimo do tirador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:201
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:202
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:220
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:234
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:235
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:251
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:252
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:267
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:268
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:283
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:284
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:526 ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:527
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1157
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:534 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1354
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:535
msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon"
msgstr "A xanela na que se basean as coordenadas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:127
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:134
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:193
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:194
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:233
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo RGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:241
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:279
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Primeiro plano RGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:288
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:337
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:346
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:355
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predeterminadas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:366
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:375
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de "
"tema etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas "
"escalas tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:405 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:735
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:424
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"usarase como predeterminado o máis apropiado."
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:431
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:432 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:744
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:441
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:442 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:754
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:763
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:453 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:764
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:464
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:473
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:474 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:688
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:483
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:484 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:698
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:493
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:494 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:708
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:521 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:726
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:530 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:773
msgid "Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas"
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:774
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas personalizadas para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:549
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:550
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:582
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkColor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo do parágrafo RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Color de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkRGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:615
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:670
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:677
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:678
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:681
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:682
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:689
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:690 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:694
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:693
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:697
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:698
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:705
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:706
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:713
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:714
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:717
msgid "Tabs set"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Definición das lapelas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:718
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ás lapelas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:721
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:722
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:725
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:726
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:687
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:697
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:707
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:725
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:743
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:753
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:781
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:782
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:789
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:790
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:798
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:805
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:806
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:894
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:895
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:263
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Theming engine name"
msgstr "Nome do motor de temas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:177 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:128
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:185
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:192
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:193
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:501 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:972
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:509
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:531
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:546 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:958
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:547 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:959
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1647
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:571
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:572
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:598
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:608
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:615
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:616
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:632
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:254
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:265
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:266
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:283
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:289
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:290
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:306
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:307
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:209
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1594
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Unha título lexíbel por humanos deste elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1601
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1608
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi contraído e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1615
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1621
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1622
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1637
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1638
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1654
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1661
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1667
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1668
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1675
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:943
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:973
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:989
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:990
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1005
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:168
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:177
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:178
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "O tamaño do píxel ao que se deben forzar as iconas, ou cero"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:262
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeMenu"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:263
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree menu"
msgstr "O modelo para o menú en árbore"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:285
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu root row"
msgstr "Fila da raíz do TreeMenu"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:286
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O TreeMenu mostrará os fillos nunha raíz especificada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:319
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:320
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
msgstr "Indica se o menú ten un elemento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:336
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Width"
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:337
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar a largura para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:488
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:489
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:988
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:989
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1001
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1002
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1009
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1010
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1017
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1018
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1033
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1034
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1041
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1042
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1049
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1050
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1070
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1071
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1091
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1092
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1111
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1112
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1126
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1127
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1141
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1142
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1151
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1152
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1159
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1160
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as liñas da grella se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1168
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1169
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1177
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1215
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1216
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1224
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1225
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1233
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1234
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1240
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1241
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1247
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1248
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1254
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1255
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1261
msgid "Grid line width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura da liña da grella"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1262
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura, en píxeles, das liñas da grella da visualización en árbore"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1268
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1269
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1275
msgid "Grid line pattern"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1276
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grella da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1282
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1283
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:247
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:254 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:720
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:263
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Posición X actual da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:310
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:319
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:320
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:330
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:345
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:346
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:355
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:373
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:380
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:381
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:388
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:389
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:405
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:406
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:164
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:156
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Usar iconas simbólicas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:157
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Indica se usar iconas simbólicas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1150
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1151
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1158
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1165
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1166
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1174
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1175
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1184
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1191
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1197
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1198
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1204
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1205
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1211
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1212
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1218
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1219
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1225
msgid "Can default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1226
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1232
msgid "Has default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "É o predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1233
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1239
msgid "Receives default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predeterminado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1240
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predeterminada cando estea enfocado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1246
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1247
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1256
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1257
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores, etc)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1266
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1267
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1274
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1275
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1298
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1355
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1369
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1370
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1385
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo horizontal adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1401
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo vertical adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1420
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Left"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1421
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1441
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Right"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1442
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1462
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Top"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1463
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1483
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1484
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1501
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "All Margins"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Todos os marxes"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1502
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional nos catro lados"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1535
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Expansión horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1536
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1550
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión horizontal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1551
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade hexpand"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1565
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Expansión vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1566
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1580
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión vertical"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1581
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade vexpand"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1595
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Expand Both"
msgstr "Expandir en ambas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1596
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere expandirse en ámbalas dúas direccións"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1613
msgid "Opacity for Widget"
msgstr "Opacidade para o widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1614
msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade do widget; de 0 até 1"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1631
msgid "Scale factor"
msgstr "Factor de escala"
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1632
msgid "The scaling factor of the window"
msgstr "O factor de escala da xanela"
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3399
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3400
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3406
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3407
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3413
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3414
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3419
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3420
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3425
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3426
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3431
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3432
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3437
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3438
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3444
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Arrastre da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3445
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr "Indica se as xanelas se poden arrastrar premendo nas áreas baleiras"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3458
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3459
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3472
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3473
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3487
msgid "Wide Separators"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Separador longo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3488
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3502
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3503
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3517
msgid "Separator Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura dos separadores"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3518
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3532
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3533
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3547
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3548
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3554 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3555
msgid "Width of text selection handles"
msgstr "Anchura da selección de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3560 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3561
msgid "Height of text selection handles"
msgstr "Altura da selección de texto"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:678
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:679
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:687
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:688
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:695
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:696
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:712
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:713
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:721
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:728
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:729
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:736
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:737
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:745
msgid "Default Width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predeterminada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:746
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A largura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:755
msgid "Default Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predeterminada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:756
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A altura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:765
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:766
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:780
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
msgstr "Ocultar a barra de título ao maximizar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:781
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra de título da xanela se debe ocultar cando a xanela está "
"maximizada"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:807
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:824
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:825
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os rectángulos de foco están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:841
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:856
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:857
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:864
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:865
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:872
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:873
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Suxestión para axudar ao ambiente de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:881
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:882
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:889
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:890
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:897
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:898
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:912
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:913
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:927
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:928
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:942
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:943
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:957
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:958
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:977
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:978
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a xanela debe ter un tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:992
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip is visible"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "O tirador de redimensión é visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:993
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o tirador de redimensión da xanela é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1009
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1010
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1027
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1028
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1048
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Attached to Widget"
msgstr "Anexada ao widget"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1049
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexada a xanela"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1057 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1058
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "Decorated button layout"
msgstr "Disposición do botón decorado"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1064 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1065
2013-03-17 22:22:29 +00:00
msgid "Decoration resize handle size"
msgstr "Decoración do tamaño do manexador de retamaño"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1071 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1072
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Width of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura do tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1077 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1078
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Height of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Altura do tirador de redimensión"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1100
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
2013-08-04 17:54:00 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1101
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "O GtkApplication para a xanela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Título do perfil de cor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "O título do perfil de cor que usar"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#~ msgid "menu"
#~ msgstr "menú"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
#~ "incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgid "Specified type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo especificado"
#~ msgid "Computed type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo calculado"
#~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgstr "O tipo de despois de buscar o estilo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Evento base"
#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Evento base para os eventos XInput"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#~ msgid "Background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo do parágrafo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Not Authorized Text"
#~ msgstr "Texto non autorizado"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O texto que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
#~ "autorización"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
#~ "usarase o URL predefinido"
#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Política de actualización"
#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Número de pasos"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación "
#~ "completará un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cicyle-duration)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este "
#~ "widget"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Inferior"
#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Superior"
#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Métrica"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
#~ "superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
#~ msgid "Has separator"
#~ msgstr "Ten un separador"
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
#~ "fondo"
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara"
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkPixmap"
#~ msgid "Use separator"
#~ msgstr "Usar un separador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os "
#~ "botóns"
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
#~ "como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
#~ "debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles da posición da frecha"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando sea TRUE, á cadea de detalles para debuxar as datas engádenselle un "
#~ "sufixo con información de posición"
#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Intermitencia"
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo "
#~ "do texto"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
#~ "()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "Loop"
#~ msgstr "Facer bucle"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Número de canles"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
#~ msgstr "Espazo de cor"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Ten alfa"
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
#~ msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Separación de filas"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Píxeles"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
#~ msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Permitir redución"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
#~ "unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño "
#~ "mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"